65
Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

  • Upload
    nomanpur

  • View
    17.438

  • Download
    8

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

It is an internship report prepared by a student of IBA of Dhaka University. The worked for firm is a marketing research company. Some will say its nicely written some will say poor. See yourself.

Citation preview

Page 1: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in

SRG Bangladesh Limited

Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Submitted to

Professor Golam Mohammed ChowdhuryChairman Internship amp Placement Program

Supervised by

Dr M Z MamunProfessor and Director

Submitted byNoman Ahmed Khan

Roll No 16MBA 41 (D)

Internship Period 23rd March to 14th June

Institute Of Business Administration (IBA)University Of Dhaka

Date of Submission July 11 2009

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

needed from them

Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

iii

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 2: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Submitted to

Professor Golam Mohammed ChowdhuryChairman Internship amp Placement Program

Supervised by

Dr M Z MamunProfessor and Director

Submitted byNoman Ahmed Khan

Roll No 16MBA 41 (D)

Internship Period 23rd March to 14th June

Institute Of Business Administration (IBA)University Of Dhaka

Date of Submission July 11 2009

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

needed from them

Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

iii

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 3: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Date of Submission July 11 2009

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

needed from them

Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

iii

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 4: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

First of all I must thank Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director IBA for his insisting on the brevity of the

report He helped me determine the objective of the report and guided me through to get to the end He

made me grateful with his valuable suggestions from time to time during my internship I can never forget

his fatherly guidance and his utmost friendly and sincere attention toward me

The second person to acknowledge will surely be my supervisor at SRGB Mr M Saidul Haq Managing

Director of SRG Bangladesh Limited He has been a great support from the choice of the topic learning

of different part of research and understanding the difference between theory and practice

Special thank goes to Mr Ziauddin Kamal Senior Research Executive and Mr Emrul Kayes Manager

HR for providing me every kind of information related to my study

I really should thank every other employee of SRGB whom I found during different phases of my

internship Most of them have been very open and friendly with me and provided me with the answers I

needed from them

Lastly I would like to thank my classmates working in OrgQuest and the Nielsen Company Bangladesh

Limited for providing me with brief but useful information about the practices in their organization

iii

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 5: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

July 11 2009

Chairperson

Internship and Placement

Institute of Business Administration

University of Dhaka

Dhaka ndash 1000

Subject Submission of Internship report on Critical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limited

Dear Sir

As a part of the internship program I have prepared this report on the topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the

Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo The report contains a detailed study and

analysis on the qualitative and quantitative methodology used by SRG Bangladesh Limited I judged the

matter through the projects in which I had to work as an internee

I have tried my best to utilize the opportunity of working as an internee in an established marketing

research company like SRGB This report is based on information acquired from the project Awareness

and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh conducted by SRGB Here I have tried to compare

the methodology used in that study with the thery we have been taught in the classroom and probable

reason of difference with the theory if any I have maintained the internship learning as per the

instructions I have got from my supervisor Dr M Z Mamun

I enjoyed preparing this report because it provides an opportunity for me to increase my understanding of

the real life marketing research practices I thank you for such an opportunity I will be available for any

clarification at your convenience

Sincerely yours

Noman Ahemd Khan

Roll 16

Batch ndash 41(D)

iv

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 6: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARYvii

10 INTRODUCTION1

11 Origin of the Report 112 Objective 113 Methodology 214 Scope 215 Limitations 2

20 Industry Overview3

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World3211 Market segments3212 Player groups 5

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh7221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)7222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd7223 The Nielsen Company8

30 Company Overview9

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited932 Organization Chart 1033 Services Offered 1134 Qualitative Research 1235 Quantitative Research 1236 Recent Projects 1337 Key Clients 1438 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited18

40 Jobs Performed During Internship20

41 Duties and Responsibilities2042 Completion of the Assignments20

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification20422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics21423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 921424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service21

43 Benefits of the Program 21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK

Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo22

51 Background of the study22511 Definition of the Business Problem22512 Research Objectives22

52 Methodology 23521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study23522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)25523 Criticism on FGD 26

v

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 7: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study2760 Conclusion and Recommendation28

Bibliography29

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)30

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)35

vi

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 8: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

List of Figures

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services4

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin5

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses6

vii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 9: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report has been written with a focused ultimate goal of identifying the gaps between theory and

practice of research in SRG Bangladesh Limited It has been found that the effectiveness of a research

firm SRGB in preparing research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between

theory and practice is a very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily

that though the practice is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work

effectively to bring out the result which is the goal of all research works

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems generating

and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing process At

the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of helping

organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business problems

and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management consultants

for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice access to the

consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time project where the

hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a market research and

management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student to learn some most

important and effective skills

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can find

very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day The

total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost players

in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author completed his

internship

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management and

Industrial Consulting house Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and

Quantitative Research Services Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging

from broad based sectoral studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients

SRGB maintains a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are

recruited locally resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational

efficiency and accuracy in collecting relevant information In terms of organizational philosophy to

remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey research scenario and to benefit from the

viii

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 10: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB remains in constant touch with a number of

overseas firms engaged in research and consulting

Most of the assignments handled in SRGB were long-term projects that had already been started Some

were in the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of

continuous research with several waves The discussed research study that was used to prepare this report

is Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh It was an ongoing project It

therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing (taking interviews of different

types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to take interviews of different

people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews was assigned Some visits to a

private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational (Novartis Bangladesh Limited)

helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour to Chittagong was made to take

the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was successful with nice opportunities to

learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour to Rajshahi the land of heat and

mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge experiences Finally different top

management personnels from different organizations and universities like University of Dhaka

International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square Grameenphone Dhaka Bank

BMET UGC etc were interviewed

ix

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 11: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

10 INTRODUCTION

Market research and consultancy is an old art which is becoming more important in Bangladesh day by

day The activities of market research include defining marketing opportunities and problems

generating and evaluating marketing ideas monitoring performance and understanding the marketing

process At the same time management consultancy refers to both the industry of and the practice of

helping organizations improve their performance primarily through the analysis of existing business

problems and development of plans for improvement Organizations hire the services of management

consultants for a number of reasons including gaining external (and presumably objective) advice

access to the consultants specialized expertise or simply as extra temporary help during a one-time

project where the hiring of more permanent employees is not required Internship opportunity in a

market research and management consultancy house can be considered a great opportunity for a student

to learn some most important and effective skills

11 Origin of the Report

As a compulsory part of Internship program this particular report is being prepared by the author on the

proposed topic ldquoCritical Assessment of the Research Methodology used in SRG Bangladesh Limitedrdquo

The intention was to give an opportunity to the students to gain some real world experience by working

in a practical environment The internship supervisor was Mr M Saidul Haq Managing Director SRG

Bangladesh Limited and the faculty advisor was Dr M Z Mamun Professor amp Director of Institute of

Business Administration

12 Objective

The Primary Objective of this report is

To measure the gap between theory and practice for the selection of the methodology

Secondary objectives are

To study the methodology used in the project under study in SRGB

To observe the implementation of the methods

To measure the gap between selection and implementation of the methods

Search for the justifications behind the gaps

13 Methodology

The research will be composed of literature review for theories and qualitative research mainly An

extensive study of the research methodology literature will be the base Then the practical experiences

1

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 12: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

and observations from the project worked for during internship will be compared with the literature

Finally qualitative in-depth interviews and key informant interviews will lead us to our answers

14 Scope

SRGB selects and follows different kinds of methodology for different projects It changes with the

change of projects Here only the study project in which the author worked- lsquoAwareness and

Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrsquo will come under consideration The author will try to

reveal the theoretical requirements to selection of methodology for this particular study project and the

practical happenings in this project only The other two studies which were taking place at SRGB at the

time of internship will not be considered though the author worked for those in some few instances

15 Limitations

Some limiting factors were faced while conducting the research and preparing the report These could

be summarized as follows

No secondary information was found such as any report or research papers on this particular issue

For finding out reasons behind gap between theory and practice enough number of projects could not be studied due to shortage of time and scope

Only internal specialists were interviewed

20 Industry Overview

2

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 13: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Before starting description of the main parts of the internship report some light on the industry of the

worked for company should be addressed A short story about the industry will help the reader

understand the situation with more depth

21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World

The management consultancy industry shows a very fragmented picture with various segments and

player groups This first part of the industry analysis starts with an analysis of the market segments and

player groups Afterwards it will elaborate on the competitive situation The second part of this analysis

ndash Future Prospects - discusses driving forces and possible futures for the industry

Due to availability of data here the focus is on the German market for which it provides figures and

statistics All statements about trends competition drivers and possible future developments however

can easily be transferred to management consultancies in all major markets

211 Market segments

In Germany there are 14700 management consultancies and sole practitioners They employ 68000

consultants

The market for management consultancy in Germany has shown rapid growth throughout the last

years Total revenues rose from 164 bn DM in 1997 to 188 bn in 1998 213 bn in 1999 and 238 bn

DM in 2000 Although the annual growth rate declined from 146 in 1998 to 118 in 2000 it is still

significantly above the growth rate of the German GDP being below 3 However growth is not

equally spread across the market segments

Today management consultancy is much more than the traditional strategy consulting The

Bundesverband Deutscher Unternehmensberater eV (BDU Association of German Management

Consultants) distinguishes between consulting for strategy organisation IT and human resources

Analysis of these segments reveals their different contributions to overall revenue and growth

Figure 1 Revenues of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

3

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 14: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Figure 2 Growth Rate of Research and Consultancy Firms by Services

These figures indicate that IT- and organisational consulting fuelled growth in 1999 This was driven by

the current developments in the IT-sector The BDU names year 2000 solutions Euro-implementations

SAP implementations and e-business activities These changes in the customers environment change

their industries more or less and hence create enormous needs for consulting Without the impact of

Y2K and Euro-implementation the growth of IT consulting slowed down in 2000 However this sector

remains the most important field of consulting with 434 of total consulting revenues in 2000 The

BDU predicts that the proportion of consulting projects that include at least partly some e-commerce

consulting will grow from 38 in 2000 to about 50 in 2001

4

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 15: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

All in all the whole industry shows a dynamic growth Besides the influence of IT this is driven by

globalisation technological change and the deregulation of markets

212 Player groups

In recent years the industry has seen the entry of many non-traditional consultants into the market

Barriers to entry are considerably low with little investments into fixed assets needed In addition ndash on

the contrary to the auditing business ndash there are no legal regulations limiting the entry to this profession

Many former employees of large consultancy firms or senior managers from other businesses start up as

sole practitioners or small consulting firms On the other hand many companies from outside the

consulting industry enter this market These are mainly IT-companies as IBM or Cap Gemini but also

designers technologists marketing agencies employment agencies and others

Figure 3 Groups of Research and Consultancy Players by Size and Origin

Rassam (1998) distinguishes as follows

5

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 16: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

In Germany there are 14700 consulting businesses employing 68500 consultants The BDU

distinguishes small medium and large consultancies Not surprisingly the large consultancies being

smallest in numbers make nearly a third of the total industries revenues

Figure 4 Percentage of Market Share Depending on Size of Businesses

This is an ongoing trend By 2000 the market share of large consultancies has risen to 47 share of

medium sized firms fell to 36 and share of small firms fell to 17 This is because large firms show

by far the highest growth rates with an average of 18 in 2000 Medium and small firms grew by an

average of 9 and 25 only

With this small number of large dominant players the market can be characterised as an oligopoly

Competition is especially strong within the market segments and within the player groups Due to the

limited growth rates in some segments and the entry of new players there is also a rising competition

across the segments and player groups Smaller specialised consultants start to serve customers of all

sizes The large consultants discover small and start-up enterprises as customers seeing them as future

clients for further consulting and auditing activities

According to this competition consultancies have developed different strategies The large

consultancies establish themselves as generalist They offer their clients a one-stop-shop service for all

the consulting needs they might have Thus their focus is on long-lasting customer relationships and

cross-selling opportunities Many smaller and medium sized consultancies have specialised in certain

areas of expertise like IT HR or business recovery A number of them operate only in their home area

An important area of competition in consulting business is the supply-side Consultancies compete

heavily to attract highly qualified people Demand for these people is rising due to the growth

aspirations of the large consulting firms The German member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers created

more than 1000 additional jobs during its first year after the merger and still continues to grow at high

6

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 17: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

rates On the other hand many graduates from universities and business schools choose to join start-ups

in the new economy in 2000

22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh

Bangladesh is comparatively new in Market Research and Management Consultancy sector We can

find very few big players and a number of small players here But the industry is expanding day by day

The total revenue is also increasing every year Mainly four companies can be considered the topmost

players in this industry One of them SRG Bangladesh Limited is the company where the author

completed his internship description of that company is coming latter Here we find short description

of other three firms

221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)

ORG-QUEST RESEARCH LTD (OrQuest) is a joint venture company with ORG India (pvt) Ltd It

has been founded in 2003 though serving from 1994 Number of employees is 40 and interviewers is

300 We are a research amp consulting firm with strong survey research and analytical skills that bring to

bear a blend of insights and Pan-Asian experience of a highly competent team of professionals We

have been providing research services to our valued clients including MNCs UN agencies

development partners (World Bank ADB IFC-SEDF Swisscontact etc) local conglomerates

international research agencies etc in the country since 1994 using both quantitative and qualitative

techniques Our qualitative wing owns a viewing facility with one way mirror in Dhaka With a

dedicated team of researchers having client and agency side experience and multi country exposures

we offer high standard market social and opinion research services in the areas mentioned under the

fields of operation later

222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd

Sirius is a full service research organization and offers the entire spectrum of consumer and media

research social research syndicated Media and Panel research services and business-to-business

research conforming to international standards It has been founded in 1995 and it has 60 employees

and 350 interviewers presently The company is an associate of IMRB International and has full access

to IMRBs expertise

Today Sirius is one of the leading research agencies and the clientele includes multinationals based in

Bangladesh bilateral agencies and international companies The company has conducted large scale

national level studies (all Bangladesh) and has field offices in the 6 Divisional headquarters of

Bangladesh The company pioneered syndicated media research in the country that includes TV

7

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 18: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

audience measurement National Media Study (covering all media) TV Ad trackingand has in place a

national level household consumer panel since 2005

223 The Nielsen Company

The Nielsen Company offering services in over 100 countries is the worlds leading provider of market

research information and analysis By delivering unrivalled combinations of insights advanced

analytical tools and integrated marketing solutions Nielsen provides complete views of consumers and

their markets

Nielsen Consumer Research helps clients address the issues of brand health shopper loyalty and

behavior marketing mix management and consumer motivations By integrating proprietary research

applications with in-market understanding from our retail and consumer panel services we donrsquot

conduct consumer research in a vacuum and are uniquely positioned to deliver business solutions in

their market context

BASES a service of The Nielsen Company and a world leader in STMrsquos uses industry-leading

forecasting models rich databases and proprietary analytical techniques to consult on a range of

business issues including innovation strategy concept and marketing plan optimization and initiative

commercialization BASES is widely known for expertise in the CPG sector but tools have been

adapted to sectors such as pharmaceuticals alcohol quick-serve restaurants and more

8

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 19: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

30 Company Overview

The company selected for internship was Survey Research Group of Bangladesh (SRGB) It is one of

the leading Research and Consultancy firm of the country A short description of the company will

complement the story

31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited

The Survey Research Group of Bangladesh [SRGB] was initiated in October 1987 as a Management

and Industrial Consulting house Its professional integrity and service excellence rapidly gained a

lasting reputation for delivering result-oriented consultancy services Subsequently activities were

diversified to provide development consultancy continuing professional development programs data

processing amp analysis and event management services

Since the early 90s SRGB ventured into providing Qualitative and Quantitative Research Services

Since then SRGB has successfully conducted hundreds of studies ranging from broad based sectoral

studies to micro level case studies for domestic and international clients SRGBs studies are carried out

under the leadership of highly competent and experienced team members who are well acknowledged

experts in their respective fields appropriately drawn from SRGBs panel with their consent and total

commitment

Logistically SRGB is more than well equipped with all necessary and state of the art office facilities

including computers printers photocopier scanner continuous power generator etc A team of highly

experienced staff remains dedicated to carry out survey research activities Moreover SRGB maintains

a countrywide panel of more than 800 male and female Field Investigators who are recruited locally

resulting in substantial cost efficiency Moreover local investigators ensure operational efficiency and

accuracy in collecting relevant information

In terms of organizational philosophy to remain updated with the rapid changes in the global survey

research scenario and to benefit from the hard-earned experience of developed economies SRGB

remains in constant touch with a number of overseas firms engaged in research and consulting These

close associations have proved mutually rewarding and SRGB maintain an open-end policy in acquiring

further overseas strategic alliances Moreover SRGBs consultants are well practiced in looking

objectively at the challenges that a business or an intervention faces and developing appropriate

workable and cost effective solutions SRGBs role as a consultancy house is to provide expert

independent practical and pragmatic decisions With the truest partnership spirit SRGB works

alongside with the clients instead of working for them SRGBs approach is based on hard-earned

experience rather than on textbook solutions The hard-core professionalism undaunted integrity and

9

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 20: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

uncompromising excellence of service of SRGB have duly earned high level of customer satisfaction

and reliability

The total range of services from SRGB is delivered through three distinct operating divisions

Centre for Research amp Management ConsultingCentre for Continuing Professional DevelopmentCentre for Data Processing amp Analysis

All three centres have both intellectual and logistical resource-base that is unmatched in the country

Each of the centres is highly professional unparalleled in functional efficiency and strategically

organized to provide ample scope for future expandability and relentless enhancement of service

quality

The Centre for Research amp Management Consulting concentrates on providing consolidated business

management and development research solutions while the Centre for Continuing Professional

Development offers wide range of skill development programs for practicing and prospective business

professionals to enhance their experience and functional capability Finally the Centre for Data

Processing amp Analysis offer a spectrum of digitization services which covers almost every document

conversion process including data text PDF illustrator and XMLSGML conversion services

32 Organization Chart

The organization is headed by the CEO or President It has an organogram which is slim but

centralized Here a diagram of the organization chart has been shown in the next page

10

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 21: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

33 Services Offered

The services offered are modern and useful They are as follows

Social amp Environmental Research

Business Communication Service

Automotive Research

Agricultural Research

Business to Business Research

HR Management Service

Media Research

Mystery Shopping

Qualitative Research

Quantitative Research

Retail Study

Healthcare Research

Sales Force Effectiveness Practice

11

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 22: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Among the available services here we only highlight the qualitative and quantitative research

34 Qualitative Research

SRGB has a specialist qualitative research division This division forms a core part of the overall

business This division has a team with an experience base of over 15 years Keeping in mind the need

to bring in different perspectives in understanding human behavior this team has been selected from

diverse backgrounds such as psychology sociology anthropology marketing economics and so on

The qualitative division also has its own specialized field structure that handles all aspects of the field

operations No fieldwork is sub-contracted In addition to our own team of highly experienced and

motivated researchers the qualitative division draws into the expertise of international consultants in

the fields of qualitative research and communication This allows us access to global perspective as

well

The qualitative division has handled hundreds of studies spanning categories as diverse as FMCG

products financial products durables automobiles media telecommunication and so on It has

considerable experience in handling the following types of research studies

Usage and attitude studies

Brand equity studies

Segmentation studies

Positioning research

Communication development and evaluation

Packaging evaluation studies

New product development studies

The experience pool also includes studies among a wide variety of target groups ranging from

housewives chief wage earners children teenagers young adults different socio-economic groups

including high net worth individuals specialist groups such as corporate specific professions etc

The qualitative research division boasts of having a large number of specialized techniques such as

bull Conflict Groups bull Peer Interactions bull Triads bull Paired Interviews bull Slice of life bull Semiotics bull Extended

creativity groups bull Hybrid Approaches bull Benefit Inhibitor chains bull Thematic Apperception Tests bull Mind

Mapping bull Value Equation bull World views bull Bring your Homework etc

35 Quantitative Research

The quantitative research division is a specialized research with a combined experience of over 18 years

in handling quantitative research in a wide range of areas - such as FMCGs personal grooming

products automobiles durables telecom IT media pharmaceutical products cigarettes retail

financial products and web research The team of over 15 quantitative researchers is adept at handling

12

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 23: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

all aspects of the research right from problem definition to the analysis and data interpretation to

providing implementable solutions to the clients needs

The use of a wide array of tools and techniques such as multivariate techniques adds value and helps

provide meaningful insights to the client A team of experienced programmers ensure a quick and

efficient data summarization and interpretation which ensure a quicker turnaround time for the project

At any point of time there are 800+ investigators for collecting data and they are spread across the

country High quality in data collection is ensured through a systemized and stringent data collection

procedure-training sessions mock calls pilot interviews back-checks by the company staff ensure that

data collected adheres to the quality standards laid down by the company

Specialized teams of experts in various fields with in-depth knowledge of the global market add value

to the project We have consultants with a global experience of at least 20 years in the following areas

Customer satisfaction

Mystery shopping

Product testing

Retailing sector

Modeling and data mining

Insurance sector

Banking sector

36 Recent Projects

There were twelve ongoing projects during internship of the author Among them three were bigger and

more important The author worked in various jobs of four projects project number 4 5 6 and 7

Table 1 Recent Projects by SRGBSl No

Project Name Client Period of Study

1Monitoring and Evaluation ConsultingPublic Procurement Reform ProjectndashII(PPRP-II) [A World Bank funded Project]

CPTU IMEDMinistry of PlanningGovt of Bangladesh

June 2009 toJune 2013[Ongoing Study]

2Employee Preference Survey forBangladesh

British America Tobacco (through Engage HR Pakistan)

June to July 2009[Ongoing Study]

3Monitoring and Evaluation of Cross Border Communication ndash South Asia (Multi-country study involving Bangladesh Nepal amp India)

AED USA[USAID fundedAICOMM Project]

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

4Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9

Princeton Survey Research Associates International (PSRAI) Washington USA

April toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

5 Grameen Kalyan Clinics Needs Assessment Pfizer Inc March to

13

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 24: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

USAOctober 2009[Ongoing Study]

6Market Research on Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications inBangladesh

British CouncilDhaka

January toJuly 2009[Ongoing Study]

7Mystery Shopping on Banking Productsand Services

HSBC BangladeshDhaka

August 2008 toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

8Social Impact AssessmentFor Bangladesh Railway DPL Project

The World BankDhaka Bangladesh

May 2008 toJune 2009[Ongoing Study]

9 Surrogate Value Research on Fish 2009

Grunfeld Desiderio LebowitzSilverman amp Klestadt LLPUSA

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

10Mystery Shopping on Cisco CertifiedExamination Centre Performance

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

11Mystery Shopping on GMAT Registration ampScheduling Procedures

Pearson VUEAQ ServicesInternational Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

12 Mystery Shopping - CompTIAPearson VUE throughAQ Services Singapore

January toDecember 2009[Ongoing Study]

13Police Perception Survey in ChittagongBandarban Rangamati and KhagrachhariDistricts

US EmbassyDhaka Bangladesh

October 2008 toMarch 2009

37 Key Clients

SRGB has a huge number of different category clients They have been listed below

A International Clients

Cisco USA

HSBC Hong Kong

Telenor Norway

Nokia Hong Kong

Microsoft USA

Hewlett-Packard (HP) Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Singapore

ARD Inc USA

14

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 25: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

BHP-Engineering Australia

BHP-Laysaght (SEA) Pte Ltd Singapore

Nomura Research Institute Japan

International Executive Service Corps (IESC) USA

Carana Corporation USA

International Trade Centre (ITC) Switzerland

SKF Distribution Asia Pte Ltd Singapore

ECI Telecom Inc USA

Dacom Corporation Korea

Korea Telecom Korea

Tata Steel India

Bare Associates International USA

Bharat Starch Industries Ltd India

Tessival SPA Italy

G P Group of Companies Thailand

Singer Worldwide USA

Overseas Projects Corporation of Victoria (OPCV) Australia

Carana Corporation USA

TOTAL FINA ELF France

Princeton Survey Research Associates (PSRA) USA

Tianjin Machinery Import Export Group China

Quantum Market Research India

BAIGlobal Inc (A Market Facts Company) USA

Pew Research Centre USA

Mitsubishi Corporation Singapore

Kuraray Specialties Pte Ltd Singapore

Thai Wah Public Co Ltd Thailand

Horizon Research Singapore

Tashi Group of Companies Bhutan

Kalasha Woolen Industry (Pvt) Ltd Nepal

Ecotech Pty Ltd Australia

Habib Bank Ltd Pakistan

Asia Market Intelligence (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia

Syngenta Hong Kong

Arthur D Little SingaporeMalaysia

Sungwon Corporation Korea

Kong Ma Engineering Co Ltd Taiwan

15

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 26: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Fullway Enterprises Co Ltd Taiwan

Quest International UK

Veraz Telecom USA

Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Rhone Poulence Asia Pacific Pte Ltd Australia

China Resources Ltd Hong Kong

BlueScope Steel Australia

International Business Linkages Inc (IBL) USA

WorldFish Centre Malaysia

Redma Consultants Ltd Canada

Acorn Marketing and Research Consultants Hong Kong

Synovate Hong Kong

Cairn Energy Bangladesh

AQ Services International Singapore

Access Markets International (AMI) Partners Inc USA

Columbia University USA

B International Development AgenciesNGOs Clients

The World Bank

United Nations Development Program (UNDP)

United Nations Environment Program (UNEP)

UNICEF Bangladesh

Asian Development Bank (ADB)

International Finance Corporation (IFC)

Commonwealth Secretariat UK

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA)

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA)

United States Agency For International Development (USAID)

Ministry of Economy Trade amp Industry (METI) Japan

Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA)

International Jute Organization (IJO)

CARE Bangladesh

SouthAsia Enterprise Development Facility (SEDF)

Swisscontact-Katalyst

World Vision of Bangladesh

JOBS [A USAID Project]

OXFAM Bangladesh

Concern Bangladesh

16

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 27: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

German Technical Cooperation (GTZ) Bangladesh

DFID Bangladesh

C Domestic Clients

Unilever Bangladesh

British America Tobacco

Syngenta (Bangladesh) Ltd

Social Marketing Company (SMC)

Olympic Industries

Bengal Group of Industries

A K Khan Group

Bashundhara Group of Companies

Mutual Group

Baraka Group

SQ Group

Rangs Electronics Ltd

Alfa Tobacco Group

Micro Industries Development Assistance Society (MIDAS)

Sea Resources Group (Rangs Group)

Sena Kalyan Sangstha (SKS)

M M Ispahani Ltd (Ispahani Group)

Givenchy Group

Grameen Bank

Alfa Tobacco Group

Toka Ink (BD) Ltd (A Bangladesh Japan Joint Venture)

BASIC Bank Ltd

Grameen Uddog

Holycrescent Hospital Ltd

McDonald Bangladesh Ltd

Grameen Shamogree

Tripti Industries

Ministry of Health amp Family Welfare Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Jute Govt of Bangladesh

Industrial Development Leasing Company of Bangladesh Ltd (IDLC)

Brothers Group

Syngenta

Giant Group

17

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 28: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Bell Corporation

Anlima Group

Grameen Telecom

Grameen Phone

Pacific Telecom Ltd (City Cell)

Bangladesh Telegraph amp Telephone Board (BTTB)

Department of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Ministry of Environment Govt of Bangladesh

Modern Erection Dhaka

BRAC Bank Bangladesh

38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited

M Saidul Haq MBA CMC (Australia) FCIM (UK) FIMC is the Founder President of SRG Bangladesh

Limited [SRGB] He is an entrepreneurshipbusiness development specialist He did his MBA from

Institute of Business Administration University of Dhaka in its 14 th batch He has unparallel

combination of multivariate qualifications and achievements Some are highlighted below

CMC (Certified Management Consultant) from Institute of Management Consultants Australia

FCIM (Fellow Member) of The Chartered Institute of Marketing UK - the top marketing professionalsrsquo organization of the world

More than twenty(20) years experience in Management Consulting and MarketSocial

Research (qualitative and quantitative)

Conducted hundreds of research and consulting projects as Project DirectorTeam Leader

Organized and conducted hundreds of training programs workshop seminar technical

presentation on various management and business promotion issues

Extensive experience in trade amp business development promotions investment and joint venture match-making

Extensive experience in private sector and SME enterprises development entrepreneurship development

National Consultant International Trade Centre WTOUNCTAD Geneva

Retainer consultantadviser of about a dozen leading business houses in Bangladesh

Experience with many international organizations including World Bank ADB International Labor Organization (ILO) USAID CIDA UNDP UNIDO UNICEF UNEP SDC commonwealth Secretariat etc

Worked for about five years as the ConsultantNational Monitor for Industrial Commodity Program Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) and Canadian High Commission Dhaka

Registered Consultant of Asian Development Bank (ADB) The World Bank Commonwealth Secretariat International Labor Organization (ILO) UNICEF etc

18

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 29: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Served as Member of the Advisory Board of GERIAP United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific Bangkok Thailand

Founder President of the Institute of Management Consultants Bangladesh [IMCB] the

national forum for the consultants of Bangladesh

Trustee of The International Council of Management Consulting Institutes [ICMCI] the apex body of the consulting institutes worldwide

ICMCI representative to ECOSOC United Nations (UN) for GenevaVienna and Asia-Pacific region

Immediate past National Representative for Bangladesh and Member of European Society for Opinion and Market Research [ESOMAR]

Member of the American Marketing Association [AMA]

Widely traveled person and visited more than hundred countriescities of the world

19

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 30: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

40 Jobs Performed During Internship

While the work performed during this period was particularly glamorous and equally thrilling true is

that this internship period exposed the author to experiences which have significantly altered the

perception of marketing research and management related issues towards a more real and global holistic

model

41 Duties and Responsibilities

The internship program was started on 23rd March 2009 The internship was to last for twelve (12)

weeks to three (3) months and as a result my internship came to an end on 14th June 2009

In somewhat more concrete terms SRGB provides the country and the world with timely scientifically

credible policy-relevant research answers for decision-making and action planning for development

While with SRGB it was involved in a range of different tasks and smaller explorations that

extensively helped learning of the methods of marketing research The central themes around which

most of the works at SRGB was organized is presented here

42 Completion of the Assignments

Most of the assignments handled were long-term projects that had already been started Some were in

the beginning phase and some were in their final stages Some of them are also a type of continuous

research with several waves The four research studies that were been participated are described here

421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification

It was an ongoing project It therefore made sense to continue doing what the rest of the team was doing

(taking interviews of different types and writing those down) It required all three interns from IBA to

take interviews of different people At the very beginning tough job of taking face to face interviews

was assigned Some visits to a private university (BRAC University for this author) and a multinational

(Novartis Bangladesh Limited) helped the job done Then the qualitative part commenced A 7 day tour

to Chittagong was made to take the KII of a number of Deans and department heads The tour was

successful with nice opportunities to learn interview and communication skills Then again a 5 day tour

to Rajshahi the land of heat and mango It was also a very successful tour with acquiring of huge

experiences Finally different top management personnels from different organizations and universities

like University of Dhaka International Islamic University Chittagong Dhaka Campus Square

Grameenphone Dhaka Bank BMET UGC etc were interviewed

20

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 31: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics

This was a new project altogether The preparation and translating of questionnaires were taking place

Tough job of doing most effective translation to Bangla of the English questionnaires were done

effectively

423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green

Wave 9

This is a regular project taken by SRGB every year The author participated in a three day internal

training session to see how the field coordinators trained and assigned their jobs It is a survey that takes

place throughout Bangladesh The real world way of survey was learned here

424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service

It was done for HSBC Bank The author visited GEC and Agrabad branch in Chittagong where he

observed the customer care quality of the branches and wrote a report with assigning points

43 Benefits of the Program

Benefit from the internship programme was more than what was expected in a number of ways

1048707Having a rare opportunity to use the knowledge and skills that had been acquired back at the institute

to provide critical real world research method information

1048707Career-wise the internship programme undoubtedly enriched my curriculum vitae (CV) Also

having gotten a chance to interact with most staff it gave an insight on how to shape the career towards

a research job in the near future

1048707The internship programme gave me a chance not only to work with SRGB but also a chance to learn

from the research experts and consultants

1048707Working with people from different parts of the world was a rare chance that you canrsquot easily get

from any other organization in Kenya Therefore to me this was another opportunity to make friends

and share ideas

1048707To conclude the internship at SRGB was a rewarding experience and provided with some new

perspectives that was not came across during studies back at the institute

21

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 32: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo

This is the main focus of this report Methodology is one of the most important part of any research

study Literally methodology is the way in which the data are collected for the research project

Methodology can be defined as

the analysis of the principles of methods rules and postulates employed by a discipline

the systematic study of methods that are can be or have been applied within a discipline or

a particular procedure or set of procedures

Selection of methodology mainly depends on the objective of the research but in real life the objective

comes with different factors and dimensions unlike pure independent research Here it will be shown

what the methodology for this project was probable mistakes both in crafting and executing of the

methodology and finally the justification for it

51 Background of the study

This study was taken for British Council the United Kingdomrsquos cultural relationrsquos organization Here

some important parts of the research will be shown These will help us understand the requirements and

the goal of this study

511 Definition of the Business Problem

The business was defined as ndash ldquoAlthough UK qualifications are popular and growing recognition and

acceptance by employers government and higher education providers is variable

We need to be able to

1 Identify where recognition and acceptance are weak but critical

2 Identify new sectors for growth

3 Review our product portfolio so that it meets market requirements

512 Research Objectives

To ascertain the current level of awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications (school levels and professional) among the leading Bangladeshi private and public sector employers and the higher education institutions (both public and private)

To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and acceptance

Assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government

In order to achieve this we would require research to be carried out with

22

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 33: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

1 Top 6 public universities

2 Top 5 private universities

3 Professional associations

4 Government

5 Private sector

Suggested areas of research

Which foreign qualifications are known

Which foreign qualifications are accepted

Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

Reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance

Number of students from English medium schools applying for places- at private universities (plus which ones) at public universities and overseas

Profile of students following professionalvocational exams ndash school medium attended (EnglishBangla) reason for doing this rather university course

52 Methodology

After turning the idea into a research question and reviewing any necessary literature the method of

research must be considered The methodology selected should be the one that will be the most

effective to collect the data needed to answer the research question or to test the hypothesis Research

studies may be either quantitative or qualitative although it is possible to use both approaches in the

same research project and this has been used in this project on UK qualifications

The choice of research design must be appropriate to the subject under investigation (Patton 1987) So

it should be investigated that whether a research on education really admits the opportunity of blending

two methodologies

521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study

In quantitative research the data collected takes the form of measurements or counts which can be

statistically analysed The process of quantitative research follows standard procedures methods forms

of analysis and reporting the results of the research undertaken This standardisation maximises

objectivity

Quantitative methods can be used for comparison of subgroups and analysis is generally conducted

through statistics The method is based on meanings derived from numbers and results are numerical

and standardised data

Quantitative methods use numbers and statistics General sequence is as follows

23

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 34: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

1 Observepresent questionnaireask questions with fixed answers

2 Tabulate

3 Summarise data

4 Analyse data

5 Draw conclusions

Quantitative research designs are characterised by the assumption that human behaviour can be

explained by what may be termed social facts which can be investigated by methodologies that

utilise the deductive logic of the natural sciences (Horna 1994 p 121) Quantitative investigations

look for distinguishing characteristics elemental properties and empirical boundaries (p 121) and

tend to measure how much or how often (Nau 1995) They are appropriate to examine the

behavioural component such as attendance at class

So it can be seen that quantitative methodologies do have strengths for becoming appropriate for

educational research like this project on UK qualifications These may be summarised as follows

Quantitative methodologies are appropriate to measure overt behaviour

They are also strong in measuring descriptive aspects such as the composition of the students

Quantitative methodologies allow comparison and replication

Reliability and validity may be determined more objectively than qualitative techniques

These strengths however are not the sole prerogative of quantitative designs Indeed many of the

arguments for the use of quantitative research especially in an academic climate where resources are

limited have pragmatic origins in terms of allowing large scale data collection and analysis at

reasonable cost and effort as well as providing statistical proof So this problem of large scale data

collection could also be proved unwise in this situation So this shows a negative opinion about the

choice of quantitative methodology for this study

A further weakness of quantitative approaches lies in their tendencies to take a snapshot of a

situation that is to measure variables at a specific moment in time Acceptance of UK may be affected

by temporal changes such as the current image of the country or the quality of opposition (like USA

Australia) which cannot always be identified within a single quantitative study

According to Colon Taylor and Willis (2000) qualitative research emphasizes ldquoparticipant

observationrdquo whereas quantitative methods rely on the ldquoresearch instrument through which

measurements are maderdquo (p 2) Weiler (2001) adds that if teachers want ldquodeeper understandings of

their students and their learningrdquo they will not be able to achieve this through quantitative research--

they will need to be ldquointimately involvedrdquo in the process (p 415) Qualitative research would provide

this opportunity As Labuschagne (2003) says ldquoqualitative data provide depth and detail through direct

quotation and careful description of situations events interactions and observed behavioursrdquo (p 1) or

what Jones (1997) describes as ldquoempathetic understandingrdquo (p 3) Winter (2000) concurs that while

24

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 35: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

ldquoquantitative research limits itself to what can be measured or quantifiedrdquo qualitative research

ldquoattempts to lsquopick up the piecesrsquo of the unquantifiable personal in depth descriptive and social aspects

of the worldrdquo (p 8) So now it looks like the decision for this project should be more inclined toward

qualitative approach

522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)

Qualitative research offers insights and understandings of participants which is unobtainable by

quantitative research but is more than just non-numerical research It aims to study the subject in their

natural surroundings and to collect naturally occurring non-biased data It describes in words rather

than numbers the qualities of the subject through observation Methods of qualitative research include

structured and unstructured interviews group interviews and focus groups

Qualitative methods can highlight key themes or patterns emerging in the project are used to

comprehend and manage data and used to develop and test hypotheses

Qualitative methods use descriptions and categories General sequence here is as follows

1 Observeask questions with open-ended answers

2 Record what is said andor done

3 Interpret

4 Return to observeask more questions

5 (recurring cycles of 2-4 iteration)

6 Theorising

7 Draw conclusions

Qualitative research designs are associated with interpretative approaches from the informants emic

point of view rather than etically measuring discrete observable behaviour Qualitative methodologies

are strong in those areas that have been identified as potential weaknesses within the quantitative

approach eg the use of interviews and observations to provide a deep rather than broad set of

knowledge about a particular phenomenon and the appropriateness to investigate cognitive and

affective aspects of students This depth allows the researcher to achieve Verstehen or empathetic

understanding The concept of Verstehen is the basis for a critique of quantitative research designs

and their empiricist emphasis The argument used is that quantitative methods measure human

behaviour from outside without accessing the meanings that individuals give to their measurable

behaviour If as many authors have suggested behavior of students contains psychological as well as

sociological dimensions then the emphasis should rather be upon gaining an understanding of how the

subjects themselves view their own particular situations A qualitative research design allows these

understandings to be investigated from the informantrsquos point of view So the choice of qualitative

research is very appropriate here Both KII and IDI seem appropriate The only problem that could be

marked is the number of qualitative interviews for this particular study it is about around 200 which is

25

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 36: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

practically most difficult to make possible with effectiveness Again accumulating such a high number

of interview results to make a summary is also so difficult But answer could be found on the real world

practice to satisfy customer needs

523 Criticism on FGD

By focus group discussions we refer to a group of 4-12 people brought together to participate in the

discussion of an area of interest Trained moderators run the discussions and records are made of the

course of the discussions

Focus groups of course are a popular (some even think too popular) method in marketing research

(Nancarrow Vir amp Barker 2005) but they have had a role in serious social science research since the

seminal work of R K Merton and P Lazarsfeld (Hollander 2004 Morgan 1988) During the past

decades they have established their role in sociology and communications research In recent years

they have also become increasingly popular in applied fields such as nursing research urban and

community studies development studies and educational research (eg Barbour amp Kitzinger 2001

Gibbs 1997)

A distinctive feature of focus groups is that they create research data by generating social interaction

This is done by assembling a group of participants to discuss a specific topic and then observe how the

ensuing discussion evolves (Boddy 2005) The underlying assumption is that meaning is created in

social interaction (eg Wilkinson 2001) Organized and focused group discussions provide a context

for participants to articulate the meaning of their experiences and elaborate on them in a collective

sensemaking process Of course focus groups are also used to obtain individual viewpoints it is typical

to instruct discussants that the aim is not to reach consensus but to explore the different viewpoints that

emerge The method is popular in marketing research because it is a quick and easy way to gain a

wealth of perspectives on a novel or relatively unexplored topic (Threlfall 1999) By observing

recording and analyzing the interaction in the group researchers can also gain an understanding of how

the participants approach the topic and what kind of language they use to frame the issues Interaction

also allows participants to pose questions to each other and to redefine their own views as the

discussion evolves

The result of FGD depends sometimes largely on the skill of the moderator which is a variable thing

In this study on awareness and acceptance of UK qualifications it may suffer to this problem due to

time and budget constraints

524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study

26

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 37: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Although the use of a single methodology has been advocated by a number of authors many of the

supporting arguments are decidedly pragmatic such as time constraints the need to limit the scope of a

study and the difficulty of publishing the findings (Creswell 1994) Here in this study only time

constraint is the factor which could have been considered for a single methodology approach

Denzin and Lincoln (1994) write that objective reality can never be captured (p 2) To assume that

even with binocular vision one can have all the information or even know what is true is a

dangerous positivistic position The rub between the two methodologies comes when we analyze the

assumptions behind each one These are clearly spelled out in detail by Denzin and Lincoln (1994 pp

4-6) and can be summarized as follows The differences between quantitative and qualitative research is

that the first is positivist limiting unable to capture the subjects perspective abstract and based on flat

descriptions Qualitative research the critics claim tends to be unscientific and based on slipshod

methodologies Its proponents claim that it offers a postmodern and post-positivist view more in

keeping with prevailing social attitudes They also claim that such a research method is able to capture

the voices of many and provide what Geertz (1973) called a thick description of everyday life

The crucial aspect in justifying a mixed methodology research design is that both single methodology

approaches (qualitative only and quantitative only) have strengths and weaknesses The combination of

methodologies on the other hand can focus on their relevant strengths The researcher should aim to

achieve the situation where blending qualitative and quantitative methods of research can produce a

final product which can highlight the significant contributions of both (Nau 1995 p 1) where

qualitative data can support and explicate the meaning of quantitative research (Jayaratne 1993 p

117) By adopting the following assumptions the researcher should ensure that the final product

maximises the strengths of a mixed methods approach So the research team of SRGB should be given

credit for mixing nicely qualitative and quantitative to get the most out of it if we look over the

difficulty of implementation and greater sample size for its qualitative part

27

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 38: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

60 Conclusion and Recommendation

It can be concluded by raising the voice to show the effectiveness of a research firm SRGB in preparing

research works fairly supported by theory practitioners Difference between theory and practice is a

very old phenomenon which we can see here too But it can be concluded easily that though the practice

is not perfectly similar with the suggestions from theory the practice will work effectively to bring out

the result which is the goal of all research works

So it is seen that the period of attachment with SRGB has given the author an utmost opportunity to

understand situations and practical requirements in real life which would have never been possible

without this exposure It also provide many small and detailed experiences and understandings which is

tough to express in an internship report

So one should first of all recommend for the necessity of a tough internship program as it was in

SRGB for the students to complete the institutional learning process more effectively Secondly the

internship provider should always try to give important practical tips and shares from practical

experiences It was available in SRGB but could have become more

An orientation program for the internees to make them better understand the practices in real

organizations should be a must everywhere They may design a training program on this issue

Otherwise always small mistakes were required to understand and learn which could have been

minimized with a training program

A rare combination of specialists in the institution and at the organization is not a matter of

recommendation it is a favor of luck which became very helpful for an interne like the author The

helpful attitude that was available both from the institutional adviser and organizational supervisor

should be a must part of internship program Choosing an organizational supervisor from the pool of

alumni of the same institution may had given some extra benefits

SRGB is a steadily growing company which should now try to make their infrastructure more modern

human resources more committed research works more allied with theoretical developments and a

better system to make the implementation of the methodology more effective Change itself is a power

A successful style may not work when days have changed The corporate world in Bangladesh is

becoming bigger so as the intensity of competition and so as the importance of research So in the

coming days competition among research firms will become fiercer SRGB should start taking the

preparation and building it as a strong local brand

28

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 39: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Bibliography

Barbour R S amp Kitzinger J (Eds) (2001) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice London Sage

Colon B Taylor K A amp Willis J (2000) Constructivist instructional design Creating a multimedia package for teaching critical qualitative research The Qualitative Report 5(1-2) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR5-1colonhtml

Creswell J (1994) Research design Qualitative and quantitative approaches London Sage

Denzin N K amp Lincoln Y S (1994) Introduction Entering the field of qualitative research In N K Denzin and Y S Lincoln (Eds) Handbook of qualitative research (pp 1-17) Thousand Oaks CA Sage

Geertz C (1973) The interpretation of cultures New York Basic Books

Hollander J (2004) The social context of focus groups Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 33(5) 602-637

Horna J (1994) The study of leisure Oxford Oxford University Press

Jayaratne T (1993) Quantitative methodology and feminist research In M Hammersley (Ed) Social research Philosophy politics and practice (pp 109-123) London Sage

Jones I (1997) Mixing qualitative and quantitative methods in sports fan research The Qualitative Report 3(4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR3- 4joneshtml

Labuschagne A (2003) Qualitative research ndash airy fairy or fundamental The Qualitative Report 8(1) 100-103 Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR8-1labuschagnepdf

Nancarrow C Vir J amp Barker A (2005) Ritzeracutes McDonaldisation and applied qualitative marketing research Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 296-311

Nau D (1995 December) Mixing Methodologies Can Bimodal Research be a Viable Post-Positivist Tool The Qualitative Report [On-line serial] 2 (3) Available httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR2-3nauhtml

Patton M (1987) How to use qualitative methods in evaluation London Sage Publications Boddy C (2005) A rose by any other name may smell as sweet but ldquogroup discussionrdquo is not another name for a ldquofocus grouprdquo nor should it be Qualitative Market Research An International Journal 8(3) 248-255

Threlfall K D (1999) Using focus groups as a consumer research tool Journal of Marketing Practice 5(4) 102-105

Wilkinson S (2001) How useful are focus groups in feminist research In R S Barbour amp J Kitzinger (Eds) Developing focus group research Politics theory and practice (pp 64-78) London Sage

Winter G (2000) A comparative discussion of the notion of ldquovalidityrdquo in qualitative and quantitative research The Qualitative Report 4(3-4) Retrieved from httpwwwnovaedussssQRQR4-3winterhtml

29

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 40: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

Key Informant Interview (KII) - Top Management [UniversityAssociationsGovernment]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the InstitutionCompany ______________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department________________________

MobileTelephone _______________________ Email ______________________________

InstitutionCompany Address _______________________________________________________

InstitutionCompany Public Unversity Private University Association

Government Multinational Local

Gender Male Female

30

srgbb

1 2 3

654

1 2

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 41: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Iterviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

31

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 42: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Issues to be Discussed

Objective1 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh2 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications3 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization or member organizations

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh What are their acceptance levels in general

What are the subject level variations of the acceptance

What are their acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessed

What are their relative importance or weight levels

Do you test level of English of your prospective employees If yes How

Do you provide training to improve level of English of your current employees

If yes how do you provide the training

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the recruitment policies of your company in terms of Education Universities Degree or subject Others

What are the reasons behind those polices

32

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 43: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

What are numbers of professionals having degrees from following categories of universities are working at your company

Localo Privateo Public

USA Australia Canada UK Others

What are company policies regarding professional development of their staff in long term as well as short term

What are the areas your organization provides trainings to employees How are they delivered

Are their variations in policies of professional development for staff members having different categories of degrees

Would you please comment on the variations in salarybenefitpromotion based on categories of degrees at your industry level

Local university degreeso Privateo Public

Foreign degrees and professional qualifications UK degrees and professional qualifications

What are their variations at your own company

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

7 What are the profiles of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

How many students could be interested for UK universities

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or

33

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 44: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12

What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are relative weights of these constraints

What are quality levels of private educationWhy are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

34

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 45: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

35

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 46: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Division CodeRajshahi 1Khulna 2Dhaka 3Chittagong

4

Barisal 5Sylhet 6

Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)

Centre For Research ampManagement Consulting

SRG Bangladesh Limited1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436

E-mail srgbangladeshgmailcom srgbbtclnetbd Web Site httpwwwsrgborg

Awareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladesh

In-depth Interview (IDI) ndash Teachers [PublicPrivate Universities]

I am____________________________ from SRG Bangladesh Limited (SRGB) SRGB is an inde-pendent and impartial social amp marketing research and management consulting firm of Bangladesh Currently SRGB is conducting a market research on awareness and accep-tance of UK qualification in Bangladesh In this perspective we have randomly selected you for an interview We will research on the opinions provided by you and others The in-formation that you give shall be kept strictly confidential

Respondents Name ___________________________________________________________

Name of the University ___________________________________________________________

Designation __________________________________ Department_________________________

MobileTelephone ____________________ Email __________________________________

Type of University Public Private

Gender Male Female

36

2

srgbbb

1 2

1

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 47: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Interviewerrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Supervisorrsquos Name ____________________________________________________________

Quality Controllarrsquos Name ___________________________________________________________ Date of Interview _____________________________________________________________

37

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 48: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

Issues to be Discussed

Objective4 To know about acceptance and recognition of UK education in Bangladesh5 To identify the main reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of

UK qualifications6 To assess the impact of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of

privatizing of state run assets by the government

Note Private and public universities mean private and public universities of Bangladesh only

Sl Questions1 Which foreign qualifications are known in Bangladesh

Which UK qualifications are known in Bangladesh

2 Which foreign qualifications are accepted

What are their relative acceptance levels in different categories of organizations such as private universities public universities GoB multinational companies national large private companies etc

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

3 Which UK universities are known in Bangladesh

What are their acceptance levels in general

What are their relative acceptance levels at your organization

4 Apart from subject knowledge what skills are essential and how are they currently assessedWhat are their relative importance or weight levels

5 What are reasons for acceptancenon-acceptance of foreign qualifications in general and UK qualifications in particular

Are their priorities and preferences regarding to local and foreign degrees in different organizations in Bangladesh

What are the areas employers provide trainings to their employees How do they deliver these trainings

6 In general what are the ratios between students coming from Bangla and English medium schools applying for private and public universities of Bangladesh and universities of overseas countries

How is English tested in the admission test by different categories of universities

7 What are the profile of students following professionalvocational exams-school medium attended (EnglishBangla)

Why are they doing this rather than university course

8 What are the emerging areas of growth for university education

How many students will be willing of pursuing studies in these areas in public private and foreign universities

38

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 49: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

How many students could be interested for UK universities

What are the trends of students studying for foreign qualifications by distance learning

9 Would the market accept vocational award which are tested through locally marked practical but moderated overseas

Would these have the same level of acceptance as qualifications tested through formal exams

10

How are following factors shaping the demand of education provided by top private UK and other foreign universities and professional bodies

accessibility availability variety of degrees price competitiveness quality lead time name or brand recognition Recognition of by prospective employers Getting immigration Others

11

What are the sectors where recognition and acceptance of UK education is weak but market opportunities are high and UK universities are capable to serve them

Why are recognition and acceptance weak

How should UK universities address them

What is the attractiveness of UKforeign education through local study or couching centers

What could be likely public policies shaping delivery of UKforeign university education through local study or couching centers

12 What are the areas of opportunities where UK education and service providers

could be competitive

13

At what level awareness and acceptance are affecting the UK education in Bangladesh

What are the main sources of knowledge to know about UK education

14

What are the key reasons for the variable levels of awareness and recognition of UK education in different subject areas

15

What are the opportunities and constraints faced by the private sector education to grow in Bangladesh

What are policy constraints to improve capacity quality and diversity of degrees

What are quality levels of private education

Why are the areas the quality is suffering in private universities

How is public policy framework forcing private universities to improve quality of education

39

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
Page 50: MBA Internship Report in Marketing Research

What is the role of competition among private universities to improve the quality of education

Is the revenue earned by private universities enough to improve quality education to a satisfactory level

Is their any development to deal with access to finance issue to make private education more affordable among top grade students

What is the acceptance level of qualifications provided by private universities among

Local private companies Multinationals Government organizations Foreign job markets Foreign universities Immigration authorities of USA UK Canada Australia etc

Why are the limitations of private universities to improve the quality of education

How much progress private universities are making to improve the quality of education

What are the strengths and weaknesses of graduates of top five private universities of Bangladesh

How is acceptance level of private university education changing in Bangladesh

How far is it becoming a substitute to foreign university education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

What are the impacts of the growth of the private sector and the continued policy of privatizing of state run assets by the government on UK education

16

What are the opportunities of addressing potential market failures (ie imbalance between supply and demand) in providing quality education in the private sector

How far the imbalance between supply and demand of quality education provided by private universities

How far private university management and governance committed to address quality issues of private university education How far universities can mobilize resources to address constraints to quality education

Is willingness to pay of the society for quality education good enough to finance the delivery of such education

How far the public policy can play conducive role to improve the quality

40

  • EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
  • 10 INTRODUCTION
    • 11 Origin of the Report
    • 12 Objective
    • 13 Methodology
    • 14 Scope
    • 15 Limitations
      • 20 Industry Overview
        • 21 Research and Consultancy Industry around the World
          • 211 Market segments
          • 212 Player groups
            • 22 Research and Consultancy Industry in Bangladesh
              • 221 ORG-Quest Research Ltd (OrQuest)
              • 222 Sirius Marketing and Social Research Ltd
              • 223 The Nielsen Company
                  • 30 Company Overview
                    • 31 Background and History of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                    • 32 Organization Chart
                    • 34 Qualitative Research
                    • 35 Quantitative Research
                    • 36 Recent Projects
                    • 37 Key Clients
                    • 38 Key Person of SRG Bangladesh Limited
                      • 40 Jobs Performed During Internship
                        • 41 Duties and Responsibilities
                        • 42 Completion of the Assignments
                          • 421 Awareness and acceptance of UK Qualification
                          • 422 Assessment of Grameen Kalyan Clinics
                          • 423 Global Opinion Poll on Social Economic and Political Issues 2009 Project Green Wave 9
                          • 424 Mystery Shopping on Banking Products and Service
                            • 43 Benefits of the Program
                              • 50 Critical Assessment of the Methodology of the Project ldquoAwareness and Acceptance of UK Qualifications in Bangladeshrdquo
                                • 51 Background of the study
                                  • 511 Definition of the Business Problem
                                  • 512 Research Objectives
                                    • 52 Methodology
                                      • 521 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Quantitative Study
                                      • 522 Criticism on Selection and Implementation of Qualitative Study (KII and IDI)
                                      • 523 Criticism on FGD
                                      • 524 A Mixed-Methodology Approach to the Study
                                          • 60 Conclusion and Recommendation
                                          • Bibliography
                                          • Annexure I Questionnaire of Key Informant Interview (KII)
                                            • 1111 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436
                                              • Annexure II Questionnaire for In-Depth Interview (IDI)
                                                • 1112 House 45 Road 7 Block F Banani Dhaka 1213 Bangladesh Tel 9871839 9871927 Fax 9871436